blob: 19fc090e37896486fdfcf0adf2227ec1291f507b [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>(Context)) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000626Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000630
631 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
632 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
633 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
634 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
636 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
637 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
638 << D->getIdentifier();
639 return ExprError();
640 }
641 }
642 }
643 }
644
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000645 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000646
647 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000648 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000649 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
650 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000651 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000652 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000653 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
654
655 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000658/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
659/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
660/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000661static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
662 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
664 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
665
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000666 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
667 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
668 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000669 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000670 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
671 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000672 D != DEnd; ++D) {
673 if (*D == Record) {
674 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
675 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
676 ++D;
677 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000678 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000679 return *D;
680 }
681 }
682
683 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
684 return 0;
685}
686
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000687/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
688/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
689/// actual member.
690///
691/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
692/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
693/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
694/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
695/// we found.
696///
697/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
698/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
699/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
700VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
701 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000702 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
703 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
704 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
705
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000706 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
708 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
709 do {
710 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000711 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000713 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 else {
715 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
716 break;
717 }
718 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
719 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
720 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000721
722 return BaseObject;
723}
724
725Sema::OwningExprResult
726Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
727 FieldDecl *Field,
728 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
729 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
730 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
731 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
732 AnonFields);
733
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000734 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
735 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
736 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
737 // found via name lookup.
738 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
739 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
740 if (BaseObject) {
741 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
742 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000743 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000744 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000745 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000746 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000747 ExtraQuals
748 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
749 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
750 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
751 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
752 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
753 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
754 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
755 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
756 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
757 }
758 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
759 } else {
760 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
761 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
762 // program our base object expression is "this".
763 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
764 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
765 QualType AnonFieldType
766 = Context.getTagDeclType(
767 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
768 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
769 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
770 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
771 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
772 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000773 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000774 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000775 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
776 }
777 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000778 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
779 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 }
781 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
782 }
783
784 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000785 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
786 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787 }
788
789 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
790 // anonymous struct/union.
791 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
792 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
793 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
794 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
795 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
796 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
797 unsigned combinedQualifiers
798 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
799 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
800 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000801 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000802 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
803 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000804 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
805 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000806 }
807
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809}
810
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000811/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
812/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
813/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
814/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
815/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
816/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
817/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
818/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
819/// forms.
820///
821/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
822/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
823/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
824/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000825///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000826/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
827/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
828/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
829/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830Sema::OwningExprResult
831Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
832 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000833 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000835 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000836 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
837 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000838
839 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
840 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
841 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
842 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000843 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000844 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000845 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
846 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000847 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000848 }
849
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000850 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
851 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000852
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
854 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
855 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
856 : SourceRange());
857 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000858 }
859
860 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000861
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000862 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
863 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000864 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
865 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000866 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
867 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000868 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
869 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
870 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000871 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000872 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000874 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
875 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000876 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000877 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000879
880 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
881 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
882 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
883 return ExprError();
884
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000885 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
886 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
887 // an error.
888 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
889 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
890 << IV->getDeclName());
891 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
892 // same name exists, use the global.
893 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000894 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
895 ClassDeclared != IFace)
896 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000897 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
898 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000899 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
900 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000901 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000902 return Owned(new (Context)
903 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000904 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000905 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000906 }
907 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000908 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
909 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
910 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000911 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000912 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
913 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000914 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
915 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000916 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000918 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000919 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000920 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000921 QualType T;
922
923 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
924 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
925 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
926 else
927 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000928 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000929 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000930 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000931
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000932 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
933 // argument-dependent lookup.
934 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
935 HasTrailingLParen;
936
937 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000938 // We've seen something of the form
939 //
940 // identifier(
941 //
942 // and we did not find any entity by the name
943 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
944 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
945 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
946 Context.OverloadTy,
947 Loc));
948 }
949
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000950 if (D == 0) {
951 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
952 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000953 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000954 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000955 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000956 else {
957 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
958 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000959 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000960 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
961 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000962 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
963 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
965 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000966 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000968 }
969 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000970
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000971 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
972 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
973 // not any specific instance's member.
974 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000975 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000976 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000977 QualType DType;
978 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
979 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
980 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
981 DType = Method->getType();
982 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
983 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
984 }
985 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
986 if (!DType.isNull()) {
987 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
988 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000989 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000990 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000991 }
992 }
993 }
994
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000995 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
996 // (C++ [class.union]).
997 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
998 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
999 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001000
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001001 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1002 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1003 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1004 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1005 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1006 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1007 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1008 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1009 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1010 QualType MemberType;
1011 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1012 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1013 MemberType = FD->getType();
1014
1015 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1016 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1017 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1018 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1019 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1020 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1021 }
1022 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1023 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1024 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1025 MemberType = Method->getType();
1026 }
1027 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1028 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1029 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1030 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1031 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1032 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1033 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1034 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1035 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1036 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1037 break;
1038 }
1039 }
1040 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001041
1042 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1044 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1045 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1046 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1047 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1048 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001049 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001050 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001051 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001052 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001053 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001054 }
1055 }
1056 }
1057 }
1058
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001059 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001060 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1061 if (MD->isStatic())
1062 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001063 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1064 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001065 }
1066
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001067 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1068 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1069 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1071 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001072 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001073
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001074 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001075 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001076 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001077 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001078 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001080
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001081 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001082 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001083 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1084 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001085 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001086 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1087 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001088 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001089
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001090 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1091 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1092 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1093 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1094 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1095 return ExprError();
1096
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001097 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001098 // Warn about constructs like:
1099 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1100 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001101
1102 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1103 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001104 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1105 Scope *CheckS = S;
1106 while (CheckS) {
1107 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001108 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001109 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001110 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1111 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001112 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1114 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001115 break;
1116 }
1117
1118 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1119 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1120 if (CheckS)
1121 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1122 }
1123 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001124 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1125 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1126 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1127 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1128 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1129 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1130 // type.
1131 QualType T = Func->getType();
1132 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001133 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1134 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001135 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001136 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001137 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001138
1139 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1140 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001141 return ExprError();
1142
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001143 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1144 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1145 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1146 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001147 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001148 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1149 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1150 //
1151 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001152 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001153 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001154 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00001155 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>(Context))
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001156 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001157 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1158 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001159 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001160
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001161 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001162 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1163 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001164 }
1165 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1166 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001167
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001168 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001169 bool ValueDependent = false;
1170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1171 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1172 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1173 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1174 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1175 TypeDependent = true;
1176 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1177 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1178 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1179 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1180 TypeDependent = true;
1181 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1182 // names a dependent type.
1183 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001184 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001185 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1186 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001187 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001188 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1189 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1190 TypeDependent = true;
1191 break;
1192 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001193 }
1194 }
1195 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001196
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001197 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1198 //
1199 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1200 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1201 if (TypeDependent)
1202 ValueDependent = true;
1203 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1204 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1205 ValueDependent = true;
1206 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1207 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001208 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1209 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1210 Dcl->getInit()) {
1211 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1212 }
1213 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001214 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001215
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001216 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1217 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001218}
1219
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001220Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1221 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001222 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001223
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001224 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001225 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001226 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1227 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1228 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001229 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001230
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001231 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1232 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001233 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001234 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1235 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001236 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1237 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1238 else {
1239 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1240 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1241 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1242 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001243
1244
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001245 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001246 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001247 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001248 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001249}
1250
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001251Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1253 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1254 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1255 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001257 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1258 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1259 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001260 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001261
1262 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1263
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001264 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1265 Literal.isWide(),
1266 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1270 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001271 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1272 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001273 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001274 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001275 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001276 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001277 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001278
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001279 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001280 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1281 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001283
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001284 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1285 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001287 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1288 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1289 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290 return ExprError();
1291
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001292 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001294 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001295 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001296 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001297 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001298 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001299 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001300 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001301 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001302
1303 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1304
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001305 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1306 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001307 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1308 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001310 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001312 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001313 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001314
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001315 // long long is a C99 feature.
1316 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001317 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001318 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1319
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001320 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001321 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001322
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001323 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1324 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1325 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001326 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1327 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001328 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 } else {
1330 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1331 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001333 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1334 // be an unsigned int.
1335 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1336
1337 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001338 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001339 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1340 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001341 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001343 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1344 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1345 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1346 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001347 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001348 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001349 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001350 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001351 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001352 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001353
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001355 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001356 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001357
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001358 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1359 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1360 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1361 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001362 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001364 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001365 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001366 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001367 }
1368
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001370 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001371 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001373 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1374 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1375 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1376 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001377 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001378 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001379 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001380 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001381 }
1382 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001383
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001384 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1385 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001386 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001387 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001388 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001389 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001390 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001391
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001392 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1393 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001394 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001395 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001396 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001397
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001398 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1399 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001400 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1401 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001402
1403 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001404}
1405
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001406Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1407 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001408 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001409 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001410 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001411}
1412
1413/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1414/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001415bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001416 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1417 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1418 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001419 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1420 return false;
1421
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001422 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001423 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001424 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001425 if (isSizeof)
1426 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1427 return false;
1428 }
1429
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001430 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001431 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001432 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1433 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001434 return false;
1435 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001436
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001437 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1438 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1439 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1440 ExprRange))
1441 return true;
1442
1443 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001444 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001445 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001446 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1447 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001448 }
1449
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001450 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001451}
1452
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001453bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1454 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1455 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001456
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001457 // alignof decl is always ok.
1458 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1459 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001460
1461 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1462 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1463 return false;
1464
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001465 if (E->getBitField()) {
1466 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1467 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001468 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001469
1470 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1471 // bit-field.
1472 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1473 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1474 return false;
1475
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001476 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1477}
1478
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001479/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1480Action::OwningExprResult
1481Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1482 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1483 if (T.isNull())
1484 return ExprError();
1485
1486 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1487 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1488 return ExprError();
1489
1490 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1491 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1492 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1493 R.getEnd()));
1494}
1495
1496/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1497/// operand.
1498Action::OwningExprResult
1499Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1500 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1501 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1502 bool isInvalid = false;
1503 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1504 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1505 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1506 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001507 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001508 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1509 isInvalid = true;
1510 } else {
1511 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1512 }
1513
1514 if (isInvalid)
1515 return ExprError();
1516
1517 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1518 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1519 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1520 R.getEnd()));
1521}
1522
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001523/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1524/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1525/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001527Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1528 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001529 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001531
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001532 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001533 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1534 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1535 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001536
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001537 // Get the end location.
1538 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1539 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1540 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1541
1542 if (Result.isInvalid())
1543 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1544
1545 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001546}
1547
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001548QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001549 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1550 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001551
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001552 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001553 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1554 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001555
1556 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1557 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1558 return V->getType();
1559
1560 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1562 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001563 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001564}
1565
1566
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001567
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568Action::OwningExprResult
1569Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1570 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1571 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001573 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1574 switch (Kind) {
1575 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1576 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1577 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1578 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1581 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1582 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001583 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001584 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1585
1586 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1587 //
1588 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1589 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1590 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1591 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1592 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1593 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1594 // argument will have value zero.
1595 Expr *Args[2] = {
1596 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001597 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1598 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001599 };
1600
1601 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1602 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001603 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001604
1605 // Perform overload resolution.
1606 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001607 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001608 case OR_Success: {
1609 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1610 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1611
1612 if (FnDecl) {
1613 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1614 // operator.
1615
1616 // Convert the arguments.
1617 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1618 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001620 } else {
1621 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001622 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001623 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1624 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626 }
1627
1628 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001629 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001630 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1631 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001634 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001635 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001636 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1637
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001638 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001639 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001640 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1641 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1642 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001643 } else {
1644 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1645 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1646 // operator node.
1647 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1648 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001649 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001650
1651 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653 }
1654
1655 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1656 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1657 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1658 break;
1659
1660 case OR_Ambiguous:
1661 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1662 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1663 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1664 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001666
1667 case OR_Deleted:
1668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1669 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1670 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1671 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1672 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1673 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001674 }
1675
1676 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1677 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1678 // build a built-in operation.
1679 }
1680
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001681 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1682 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001683 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001684 return ExprError();
1685 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001686 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001687}
1688
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001689Action::OwningExprResult
1690Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1691 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1692 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1693 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001694
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001695 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001696 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1697 Base.release();
1698 Idx.release();
1699 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1700 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1701 }
1702
1703 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001705 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1706 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1707 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001708 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1709 // to the candidate set.
1710 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1711 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001712 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1713 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001715 // Perform overload resolution.
1716 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001717 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001718 case OR_Success: {
1719 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1720 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1721
1722 if (FnDecl) {
1723 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1724 // operator.
1725
1726 // Convert the arguments.
1727 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1728 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1729 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1730 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1731 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001732 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 } else {
1734 // Convert the arguments.
1735 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1736 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1737 "passing") ||
1738 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1739 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1740 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001741 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742 }
1743
1744 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001745 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001746 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1747 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001748
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001749 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001750 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001752 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1753
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754 Base.release();
1755 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001756 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1757 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001758 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1759 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001760 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001761 } else {
1762 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1763 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1764 // operator node.
1765 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1766 "passing") ||
1767 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1768 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001770
1771 break;
1772 }
1773 }
1774
1775 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1776 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1777 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1778 break;
1779
1780 case OR_Ambiguous:
1781 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1782 << "[]"
1783 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1784 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001785 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001786
1787 case OR_Deleted:
1788 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1789 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1790 << "[]"
1791 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1792 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1793 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001794 }
1795
1796 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1797 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1798 // build a built-in operation.
1799 }
1800
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001801 // Perform default conversions.
1802 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1803 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001804
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001805 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1806
1807 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001808 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001809 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001810 // and index from the expression types.
1811 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1812 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001813 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1814 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1815 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1816 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1817 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001818 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1819 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001820 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001821 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001822 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1823 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1824 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001825 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001826 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1827 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001828 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001829
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001830 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1831 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001832 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1833 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1834 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1835 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1836 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1837 // force the promotion here.
1838 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1839 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1840 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1841 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1842
1843 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1844 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1845 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1846 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1847 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1848 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1849 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1850 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1851 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1852
1853 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1854 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1855 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001856 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001857 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1858 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001860 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001861 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001862 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1863 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001864
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001865 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1866 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1867 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1868 // incomplete types are not object types.
1869 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1870 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1871 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1872 return ExprError();
1873 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001874
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001875 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001876 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001877 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001879
1880 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1881 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1882 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1883 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1884 return ExprError();
1885 }
1886
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001887 Base.release();
1888 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001890 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001891}
1892
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001893QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001894CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001895 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001896 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001897
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001898 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1899 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001900
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001901 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001902 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1903 // to be selected.
1904 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001905
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1907 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1908 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001909
1910 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1911 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001912 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001913 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1914 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001915 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001916 do
1917 compStr++;
1918 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001919 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001920 do
1921 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001922 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001923 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001925 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001926 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1927 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001928 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1929 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 return QualType();
1931 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001932
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1934 // operates on.
1935 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1936 compStr = CompName.getName();
1937
1938 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001939 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001940
1941 while (*compStr) {
1942 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1943 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1944 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1945 return QualType();
1946 }
1947 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001948 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001949
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001950 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1951 // number of elements.
1952 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001953 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001954 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001955 return QualType();
1956 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001957
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001958 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001959 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001960 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001961 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001962 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1964 : CompName.getLength();
1965 if (HexSwizzle)
1966 CompSize--;
1967
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001968 if (CompSize == 1)
1969 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001970
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001971 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001972 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001973 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1974 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1975 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1976 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001977 }
1978 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001979}
1980
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1982 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 const Selector &Sel,
1984 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001985
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001987 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001988 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001989 return OMD;
1990
1991 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1992 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001993 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1994 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 return D;
1996 }
1997 return 0;
1998}
1999
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002000static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002002 const Selector &Sel,
2003 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2005 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002006 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002008 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002009 GDecl = PD;
2010 break;
2011 }
2012 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002013 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002014 GDecl = OMD;
2015 break;
2016 }
2017 }
2018 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002019 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002020 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2021 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002022 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002023 if (GDecl)
2024 return GDecl;
2025 }
2026 }
2027 return GDecl;
2028}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002029
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002030/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2031/// all base class implementations.
2032///
2033ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2034 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2035 const Selector &Sel) {
2036 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002037 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2038 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002039 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002040
2041 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2042 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2043 return Method;
2044}
2045
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002046Action::OwningExprResult
2047Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2048 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002049 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002050 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002051 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002052 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002053
2054 // Perform default conversions.
2055 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002056
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002057 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2058 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002059
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002060 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2061 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002062 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002063 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002064 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2065 BaseExpr, true,
2066 OpLoc,
2067 DeclarationName(&Member),
2068 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002069 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002070 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002071 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002072 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2073 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002074 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002075 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2076 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2077 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002078 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002079 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2080 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2081 // (so we'll report an error for)
2082 // T* t;
2083 // t.f;
2084 //
2085 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2086 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2087 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2088 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2089
2090 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2091 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002092 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2093 BaseExpr, false,
2094 OpLoc,
2095 DeclarationName(&Member),
2096 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002097 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002098 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002099
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002100 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2101 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002102 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002103 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002104 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002105 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2106 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2107 return ExprError();
2108
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002109 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002110 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002111 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002113 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002114
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002115 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2117 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2120 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2121 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002122 }
2123
2124 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002125
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002126 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2127 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2128 // error cases.
2129 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2130 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002131
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002132 // Check the use of this field
2133 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2134 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002135
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002136 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002137 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2138 // (C++ [class.union]).
2139 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002140 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002141 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002142
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002143 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2144 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002145 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002146 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2147 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2148 else {
2149 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2150 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002151 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002152 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2153 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2154 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002155
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002156 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002157 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2158 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002159 }
2160
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002161 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002163 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002164 Var, MemberLoc,
2165 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002166 }
2167 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2168 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002169 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002170 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2171 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002172 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002173 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2174 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002175 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002176 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002177 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2178 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002179 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2180 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002181 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002182 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002183 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2184 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002185
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002186 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2187 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2188 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002189 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2190 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2191 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002192 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002193
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002194 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2195 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002196 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002197 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002198 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2199 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002200 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002201 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2202 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2203 // error cases.
2204 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2205 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002206
2207 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2208 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2209 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002210 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2211 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002212 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2213 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2214 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002215 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2216 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2217 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002218 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2219 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2220 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2221 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002222 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002223 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2224 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2225 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2226 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2227 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2228 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002229 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002230
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002231 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002232 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002233 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002234 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2235 }
2236 // @protected
2237 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2238 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2239 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002240
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002241 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002242 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002243 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002244 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002245 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2246 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2247 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002248 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002249
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002250 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2251 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2252 const PointerType *PTy;
2253 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2254 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2255 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2256 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002257
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002258 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002259 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2260 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002261 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2262 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2263 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002264 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2265 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2266 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002267 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2268 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002270 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2271 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002272
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002273 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002274 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2275 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002276 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2277 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002278 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2279 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2280 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002281
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002282 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002283 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2284 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002285
2286 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2287 // selector is implemented.
2288
2289 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2290 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2291
2292 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002293 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002294
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002295 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2296 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002297 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002298
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002299 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2300 if (!Getter) {
2301 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2302 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002303 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002304 }
2305 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002306 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002307 // Check if we can reference this property.
2308 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2309 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002310 }
2311 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2312 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2313 Selector SetterSel =
2314 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2315 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002316 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002317 if (!Setter) {
2318 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2319 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002320 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002321 }
2322 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2323 if (!Setter) {
2324 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2325 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002326 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002327 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002328 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002329
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002330 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
2332
2333 if (Getter || Setter) {
2334 QualType PType;
2335
2336 if (Getter)
2337 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2338 else {
2339 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2340 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2341 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2342 }
2343 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2344 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2345 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2346 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002347 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2348 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002349 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002350 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002352 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2353 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002354 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002355 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002356 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002357 // Check the use of this declaration
2358 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2359 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002360
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002361 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002362 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002364 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002365 // Check the use of this method.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002368
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002370 OMD->getResultType(),
2371 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2372 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002373 }
2374 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
2376 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2377 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002378 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002379 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2380 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2381 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2382 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2383 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002384 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2385 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002386 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002387 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002388 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002389 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002390 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002391 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002392 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2393 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2394 Selector SetterSel =
2395 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2396 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002397 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002398 if (!Setter) {
2399 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2400 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002401 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002402 }
2403 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2404 if (!Setter) {
2405 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2406 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002407 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002408 }
2409 }
2410
2411 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2412 return ExprError();
2413
2414 if (Getter || Setter) {
2415 QualType PType;
2416
2417 if (Getter)
2418 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2419 else {
2420 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2421 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2422 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2423 }
2424 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2425 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2426 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2427 }
2428 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2429 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002430 }
2431 }
2432
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002433 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002434 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002435 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2436 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002437 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002438 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002439 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002440 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002441
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002442 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2443 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2444
2445 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2446 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2447 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2448 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2449 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2450 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2451 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2452 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2453 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2454 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2455 }
2456
2457 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002458}
2459
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002460/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2461/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2462/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2463/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2464/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2465/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002466bool
2467Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002469 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002470 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2471 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002472 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002473 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2474 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2475 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002476 bool Invalid = false;
2477
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002478 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2479 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2480 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2481 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2482 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2483 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2484 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2485 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002486 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002487 }
2488
2489 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2490 // them.
2491 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2492 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2493 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2494 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2495 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2496 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2497 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2498 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002499 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002500 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002501 }
2502 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2503 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002504
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002505 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2506 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2507 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002508
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002509 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002510 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002511 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002512
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002513 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2514 ProtoArgType,
2515 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2516 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2517 return true;
2518
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002519 // Pass the argument.
2520 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2521 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002522 } else {
2523 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2524 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2525 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2526 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2527 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2528 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002529 } else {
2530 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2531
2532 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2533 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2534 // be properly destroyed.
2535 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2536 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2537 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2538 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2539 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2540 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2541 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002542 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002543
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002544 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002545 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002546 }
2547
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002548 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002550 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2551 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002552
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2554 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002555 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2556 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2557 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2558 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2559 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2560
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002561 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2562 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2563 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002564 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002565 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2566 }
2567 }
2568
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002569 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002570}
2571
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002572/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002573/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2574/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002575Action::OwningExprResult
2576Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2577 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002579 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002580 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002581 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002582 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002583 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002584 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002585 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002586
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002588 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002589 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002590 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2591 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002592 bool Dependent = false;
2593 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2594 Dependent = true;
2595 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2596 Dependent = true;
2597
2598 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002599 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002600 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2601
2602 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2603 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2604 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2605 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2606
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002607 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002608 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2609 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2610 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002611 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2612 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002613 }
2614
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002615 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002616 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002617 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2618 bool ADL = true;
2619 while (true) {
2620 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2621 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2622 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002623 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002624 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002625 ADL = false;
2626 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2627 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002628 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002629 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2630 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002631 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2632 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2633 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2634 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002635 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002636 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2637 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2638 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002639 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002640 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2641 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2642 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002643 break;
2644 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002645 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002646
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002647 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2648 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002649 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002650 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002651 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002652 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002653
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002654 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002655 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002656 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002657 ADL = false;
2658
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002659 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2660 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2661 ADL = false;
2662
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002663 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002664 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2665 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002666 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2667 if (!FDecl)
2668 return ExprError();
2669
2670 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2671 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002672 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002673 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002674 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2675 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2676 false, false,
2677 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2678 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002679 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002680 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002681 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2682 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2683 Fn = NewFn;
2684 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002685 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002686
2687 // Promote the function operand.
2688 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2689
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002690 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2691 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002692 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2693 Args, NumArgs,
2694 Context.BoolTy,
2695 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002696
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002697 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2698 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2699 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2700 // have type pointer to function".
2701 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2702 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002703 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2704 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002705 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2706 } else { // This is a block call.
2707 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2708 getAsFunctionType();
2709 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002710 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002711 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2712 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2713
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002714 // Check for a valid return type
2715 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2716 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2717 FuncT->getResultType(),
2718 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2719 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2720 return ExprError();
2721
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002722 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002723 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002724
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002725 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002726 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002727 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002728 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002729 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002730 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002731
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002732 if (FDecl) {
2733 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2734 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2735 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002736 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2737 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2738 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2739 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2740 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2741 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2742 }
2743 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002744 }
2745
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002746 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002747 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2748 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2749 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002750 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2751 Arg->getType(),
2752 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2753 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2754 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002755 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002756 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002757 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002758
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002759 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2760 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002761 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2762 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002763
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002764 // Check for sentinels
2765 if (NDecl)
2766 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002767 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002768 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002769 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002770 if (NDecl)
2771 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002772
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002773 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002774}
2775
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002776Action::OwningExprResult
2777Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2778 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002779 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002780 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2781 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002782 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002783 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002784
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002785 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002786 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002787 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2788 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002789 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2790 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2791 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002792 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002793 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002794
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002795 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002796 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002797 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002798
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002799 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002800 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002801 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002802 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002803 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002804 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002805 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002806 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002807}
2808
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002809Action::OwningExprResult
2810Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002811 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2812 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2813 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002814
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002815 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002816 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002817
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002818 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002819 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002820 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002821 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002822}
2823
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002824/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002825bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002826 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2827
2828 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2829 // type needs to be scalar.
2830 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2831 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002832 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2833 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002834 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002835 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2836 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2837 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2838 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002839 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002840 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2841 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2842 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2843 // GCC cast to union extension
2844 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2845 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002846 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002847 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2848 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2849 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2850 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2851 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2852 break;
2853 }
2854 }
2855 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2856 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2857 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2858 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002859 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002860 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002861 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002862 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002863 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002864 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002865 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2866 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002867 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002868 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2869 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2870 return true;
2871 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2872 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2873 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002874 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002875 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002876 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2877 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2878 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2879 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2880 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2881 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2882 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2883 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2884 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2885 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2886 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002887 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002888 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2889 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002890 return false;
2891}
2892
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002893bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002894 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002895
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002896 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002897 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002898 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002899 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002900 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002901 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002902 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002903 } else
2904 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002905 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002906 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002907
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002908 return false;
2909}
2910
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002911Action::OwningExprResult
2912Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2913 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2914 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2915 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002916
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002917 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002918 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2919
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002920 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002921 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002922 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002923 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002924}
2925
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002926/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2927/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002928/// C99 6.5.15
2929QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2930 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002931 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2932 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2933 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2934
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002935 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2936 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2937 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2938 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2939 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2940 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002941
2942 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002943 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2944 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2945 << CondTy;
2946 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002947 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002948
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002949 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002950
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002951 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2952 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002953 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2954 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2955 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002956 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002957
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002958 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2959 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002960 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2961 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002962 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002963 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002964 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002965 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002966 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002967 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002968
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002969 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002970 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002971 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2972 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2973 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2974 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2975 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2976 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2977 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2978 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2979 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002980 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002981 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002982 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2983 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002984 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2985 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2986 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2987 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2988 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002989 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002990 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2991 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2992 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2993 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2994 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002995 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002996
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002997 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2998 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2999 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3000 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3001
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00003002 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
3003 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003004 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
3005 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003006 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
3007 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
3008 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
3009 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003010
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003011 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3012 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
3013 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3014 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3015 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3016 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3017 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3018 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3019 return destType;
3020 }
3021 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
3022 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3023 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3024 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3025 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3026 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3027 return destType;
3028 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003029
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003030 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
3031 if (sameKind
3032 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3033 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3034 return LHSTy;
3035 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003036
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003037 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003038
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003039 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3040 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3041 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3042 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3043 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3044 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3045 // type. This allows
3046 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3047 // where B is a subclass of A.
3048 //
3049 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3050 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3051 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3052 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003053
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003054 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3055 // It could return the composite type.
3056 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3057 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3058 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3059 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3060 compositeType = LHSTy;
3061 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3062 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3063 compositeType = RHSTy;
3064 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3065 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3066 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3067 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3068 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003069 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3070 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003071 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3072 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3073 return QualType();
3074 } else {
3075 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3076 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3077 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3078 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003079 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3080 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003081 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003082 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003083 } else if (!sameKind
3084 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3085 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3086 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3087 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3088 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3089 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3090 // to get a consistent AST.
3091 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3092 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3093 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3094 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003095 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003096 // The pointer types are compatible.
3097 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3098 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3099 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3100 // type.
3101 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3102 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3103 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3104 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3105 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003106 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003107
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003108 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3109 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3110 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3111 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3112 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3113 return RHSTy;
3114 }
3115 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3116 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3117 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3118 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3119 return LHSTy;
3120 }
3121
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003122 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3123 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003124 // id with statically typed objects).
3125 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003126 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3127 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3128 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003129 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003130 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003131 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3132 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3133 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003134 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3135 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3136 // change the type of method sends.
3137
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003138 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3139 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3140 // cases. Investigate.
3141 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003142 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3143 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003144 return compositeType;
3145 }
3146 }
3147
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003148 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003149 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3150 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003151 return QualType();
3152}
3153
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003154/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003155/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003156Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3157 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3158 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3159 ExprArg RHS) {
3160 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3161 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003162
3163 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3164 // was the condition.
3165 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3166 if (isLHSNull)
3167 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003168
3169 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003170 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3171 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003172 return ExprError();
3173
3174 Cond.release();
3175 LHS.release();
3176 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003177 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003178 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3179 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003180}
3181
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003182
3183// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003184// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003185// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3186// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3187// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003189Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3190 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003191
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003192 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003193 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3194 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003195
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003196 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003197 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3198 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003199
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003200 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201
3202 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3203 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3204 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003205 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003206 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003207 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003208
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003209 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3210 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003211 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003212 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003213 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003214 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003215
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003216 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003217 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3218 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003219 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003220
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003221 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003222 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003223 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003224
3225 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003226 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3227 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003228 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003229 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003230 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003231 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3232 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3233 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3234 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3235 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3236 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3237 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3238 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3239 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3240 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3241 }
3242 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3243 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3244 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3245 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3246 }
3247 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3248 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3249 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3250 // warning can be disabled.
3251 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3252 return ConvTy;
3253 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3254 }
3255 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3256 return IncompatiblePointer;
3257 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003258 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003259}
3260
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003261/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3262/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3263/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3264// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003265Sema::AssignConvertType
3266Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003267 QualType rhsType) {
3268 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003269
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003270 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3271 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003272 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3273
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003274 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3275 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3276 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003277
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003278 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003279
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003280 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3281 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3282 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003283
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003284 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003285 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003286 return ConvTy;
3287}
3288
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003289/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3290/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003291/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3292///
3293/// int a, *pint;
3294/// short *pshort;
3295/// struct foo *pfoo;
3296///
3297/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3298/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3299/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3300/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3301///
3302/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003304///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003305Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003306Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003307 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3308 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003309 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3310 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003311
3312 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003313 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003314
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003315 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3316 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3317 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3318 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3319 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3320 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3321 // type.
3322 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3323 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003324 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003325 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003326 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003327
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003328 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3329 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003330 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003331 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3332 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3333 return IntToPointer;
3334 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3335 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003336 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003337 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003338
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003339 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003340 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003341 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3342 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003343 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003344
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003345 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003346 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003347 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003348 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3349 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003350 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003351 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003352 }
3353 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003354 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003355
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003356 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003357 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003358
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003359 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003360 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003361 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003362
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003363 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003364 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003365
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003366 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003367 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003368 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003369
3370 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3371 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3372 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3373 return Compatible;
3374 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003375 return Incompatible;
3376 }
3377
3378 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3379 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003380 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003382 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3383 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3384 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3385 return Compatible;
3386
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003387 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3388 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003389
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003390 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3391 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003392 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003393 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003394 return Incompatible;
3395 }
3396
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003397 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003398 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003399 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3400 return Compatible;
3401
3402 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003403 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003404
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003405 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003406 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003407
3408 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003409 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003410 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003411 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003412 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003413
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003414 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003415 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003416 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003417 }
3418 return Incompatible;
3419}
3420
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003421/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3422/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3423static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3424 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3425 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3426 // of the transparent union.
3427 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3428 &E, 1,
3429 SourceLocation());
3430 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3431 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3432
3433 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3434 // union type from this initializer list.
3435 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3436 false);
3437}
3438
3439Sema::AssignConvertType
3440Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3441 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3442
3443 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3444 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3445 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00003446 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>(Context))
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003447 return Incompatible;
3448
3449 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3450 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3451 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3452 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3453 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3454 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3455 it != itend; ++it) {
3456 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3457 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3458 // 1) void pointer
3459 // 2) null pointer constant
3460 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3461 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3462 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3463 InitField = *it;
3464 break;
3465 }
3466
3467 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3468 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3469 InitField = *it;
3470 break;
3471 }
3472 }
3473
3474 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3475 == Compatible) {
3476 InitField = *it;
3477 break;
3478 }
3479 }
3480
3481 if (!InitField)
3482 return Incompatible;
3483
3484 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3485 return Compatible;
3486}
3487
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003488Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003489Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003490 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3491 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3492 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3493 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3494 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003495 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3496 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003497 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003498 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003499 }
3500
3501 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3502 // structures.
3503 }
3504
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003505 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3506 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003507 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3508 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003509 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003510 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003511 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003512 return Compatible;
3513 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003514
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003515 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003516 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003517 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003518 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003519 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003520 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003521 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3522 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003523
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003524 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3525 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003526
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003527 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3528 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003529 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3530 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3531 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3532 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003533 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003534 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003535 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003536}
3537
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003538QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003539 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003540 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003541 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003542 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003543}
3544
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003545inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003546 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003547 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003548 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003549 QualType lhsType =
3550 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3551 QualType rhsType =
3552 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003554 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003555 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003556 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003557
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003558 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3559 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003560 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3561 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3562 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003563 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3564 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003565 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003566 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003567 }
3568 }
3569 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003571 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3572 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003573 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003574 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003575
3576 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003577 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3578 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003579 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003580 return lhsType;
3581 }
3582 }
3583
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003584 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003585 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003586 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003587 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3588
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003589 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003590 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3591 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003592 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003593 return rhsType;
3594 }
3595 }
3596
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003597 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003598 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003599 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003600 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003601 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003602}
3603
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003604inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003605 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003606{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003607 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003608 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003609
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003610 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003611
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003612 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003613 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003614 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003615}
3616
3617inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003618 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003619{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003620 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3621 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3622 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3623 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3624 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003625
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003626 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003628 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003629 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003630 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003631}
3632
3633inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003634 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003635{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003636 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3637 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3638 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3639 return compType;
3640 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003641
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003642 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003643
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003644 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003645 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3646 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3647 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003648 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003649 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003650
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003651 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3652 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3653 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3654 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3655
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003656 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003657 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003658 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3659 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3660 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003661 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3662 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003663 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003664 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003665 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003666
3667 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3668 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3669 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003670 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003671 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3673 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3674 return QualType();
3675 }
3676
3677 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3678 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3679 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3680 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003681 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003682 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003683 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3684 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003685 return QualType();
3686
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003687 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3688 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3690 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3691 return QualType();
3692 }
3693
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003694 if (CompLHSTy) {
3695 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3696 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3697 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003698 else {
3699 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3700 if (!T.isNull())
3701 LHSTy = T;
3702 }
3703
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003704 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3705 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003706 return PExp->getType();
3707 }
3708 }
3709
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003710 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003711}
3712
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003713// C99 6.5.6
3714QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003715 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3716 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3717 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3718 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3719 return compType;
3720 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003722 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003723
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003724 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003726 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003727 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3728 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003729 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003730 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003731 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003732
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003733 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3734 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003735 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003736
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003737 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003738
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003739 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3740 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3741 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3744 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3745 return QualType();
3746 }
3747
3748 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3749 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3750 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3751 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3752 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003753 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003754 return QualType();
3755 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003756
3757 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3758 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3759 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3760 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3761 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3762 lex->getSourceRange(),
3763 SourceRange(),
3764 lex->getType()))
3765 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003766
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003767 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3768 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3770 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3771 return QualType();
3772 }
3773
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003774 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003775 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3776 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3777 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3778 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3779 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3780 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3781 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3782 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3783
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003784 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003785 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003786 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003788 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3789 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003790 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003791
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003792 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3793 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3794 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3795 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3796 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3797 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3798 return QualType();
3799 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003801 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3802 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3803 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003805 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003806 return QualType();
3807 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003808
3809 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3810 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3811 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3812 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3813 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3814 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3815 rex->getSourceRange(),
3816 SourceRange(),
3817 rex->getType()))
3818 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3821 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3822 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3823 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3824 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3825 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3826 return QualType();
3827 }
3828 } else {
3829 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3830 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3831 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3832 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3833 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3834 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3835 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3836 return QualType();
3837 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003838 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003839
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003840 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3841 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3842 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3843 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3844 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3845 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3846 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003847
3848 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003849 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3850 }
3851 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003852
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003853 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003854}
3855
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003856// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003857QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003858 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003859 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3860 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003861 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003862
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003863 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3864 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003865 QualType LHSTy;
3866 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3867 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003868 else {
3869 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3870 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3871 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3872 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003873 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003874 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3875
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003876 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003877
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003878 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003879 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003880}
3881
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003882// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003883QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003884 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3885 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3886
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003887 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003888 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003889
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003890 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003891 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3892 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3893 else {
3894 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3895 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3896 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003897 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3898 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003899
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003900 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3901 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003902 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3903 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3904 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003905 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3906 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003907 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3908 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3909 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3910 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003911 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3912 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003913 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003914
3915 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3916 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3917 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3918 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3919
3920 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3921 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003922 Expr *literalString = 0;
3923 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003924 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003925 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3926 literalString = lex;
3927 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3928 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003929 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3930 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003931 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3932 literalString = rex;
3933 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3934 }
3935
3936 if (literalString) {
3937 std::string resultComparison;
3938 switch (Opc) {
3939 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3940 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3941 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3942 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3943 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3944 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3945 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3946 }
3947 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3948 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3949 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003950 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3951 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3952 "strcmp(")
3953 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3954 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003955 resultComparison);
3956 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003957 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003958
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003959 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003960 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003961
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003962 if (isRelational) {
3963 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003964 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003965 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003966 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003967 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003968 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003969 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003970 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003971
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003972 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003973 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003974 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003975
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003976 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3977 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003978
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003979 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3980 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3981 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003982 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003983 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003984 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003985 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003986 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003987
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003988 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3989 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3990 return ResultTy;
3991
3992 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3993 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3994 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3995 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3996 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3997 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3998 //
3999 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4000 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004001 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004002 if (T.isNull()) {
4003 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4004 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4005 return QualType();
4006 }
4007
4008 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4009 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4010 return ResultTy;
4011 }
4012
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004013 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004014 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4015 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004016 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004017 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004018 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004019 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004020 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004021 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004022 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004023 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004024 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4025 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4026 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4027 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4028 return ResultTy;
4029 }
4030 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4031 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4032 return ResultTy;
4033 }
4034 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4035 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4036 return ResultTy;
4037 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004038 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004039 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004040 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4041 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004043 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004044 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004046 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004047 }
4048 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004049 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004050 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004051 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004052 if (!isRelational
4053 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4054 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004055 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004056 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4057 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4058 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4059 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4060 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4061 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004062 }
4063 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004064 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004065 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004066
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004067 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004068 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004069 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4070 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004072 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004074 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004076 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4077 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004078 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004079 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004080 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004081 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004082 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004083 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004084 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004085 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004086 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4087 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004088 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004089 } else {
4090 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004091 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004092 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004093 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004094 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004095 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004096 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004097 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004098 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004099 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004100 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004101 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004102 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004103 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004104 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004105 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004106 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004107 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004108 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004109 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004110 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004111 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004112 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004113 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004114 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004115 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4116 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004117 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004118 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004119 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004120 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4121 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004122 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004123 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004124 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004125 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004126}
4127
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004128/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004129/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004130/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4131/// types.
4132QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004133 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004134 bool isRelational) {
4135 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4136 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004137 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004138 if (vType.isNull())
4139 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004140
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004141 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4142 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004143
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004144 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4145 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4146 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4147 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4148 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4149 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4150 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004152 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004153
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004154 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4155 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4156 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004157 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004158 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004159
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004160 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4161 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4162 if (1) {
4163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4164 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4165 return QualType();
4166 }
4167
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004168 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4169 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4170 // elements for floating point vectors.
4171 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4172 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004173
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004174 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004175 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004176 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004177 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004178 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004179 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4180
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004181 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004182 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004183 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4184}
4185
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004186inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004187 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004188{
4189 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004190 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004191
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004192 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004193
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004194 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004195 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004196 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004197}
4198
4199inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004200 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004201{
4202 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4203 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004204
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004205 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004206 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004207 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004208}
4209
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004210/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4211/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4212/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4213///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004214static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004215{
4216 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4217 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4218 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4219 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4220 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004221 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004222 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4223 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4224 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4225 return true;
4226 }
4227 }
4228 return false;
4229}
4230
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004231/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4232/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4233static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004234 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4235 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4236 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004237 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4238 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004239 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4240 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004241
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004242 unsigned Diag = 0;
4243 bool NeedType = false;
4244 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4245 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4246 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004247 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004248 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4249 NeedType = true;
4250 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004251 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004252 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4253 NeedType = true;
4254 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004255 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004256 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4257 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004258 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004259 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4260 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004261 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4262 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004263 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004264 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4265 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004266 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004267 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4268 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004269 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004270 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4271 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004272 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4273 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4274 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004275 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4276 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4277 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004278 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004279
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004280 SourceRange Assign;
4281 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4282 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004283 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004284 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004285 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004286 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004287 return true;
4288}
4289
4290
4291
4292// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004293QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4294 SourceLocation Loc,
4295 QualType CompoundType) {
4296 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4297 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004298 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004299
4300 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4301 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004302
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004303 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004304 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004305 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004306 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004307 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4308 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4309 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4310 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4311 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4312 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4313 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004314
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004315 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4316 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4317 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004318 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004319 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4320 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4321 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4322 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4323 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004324 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004325 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004326 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4327 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4328 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004329 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4330 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004331 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4332 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4333 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004334 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004335 }
4336 } else {
4337 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004338 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004339 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004340
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004341 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4342 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004343 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004344
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004345 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4346 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004347 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004348 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4349 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004350 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004351 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004352 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004353}
4354
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004355// C99 6.5.17
4356QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004357 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004358 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004359
4360 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4361 // incomplete in C++).
4362
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004363 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004364}
4365
4366/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4367/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004368QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4369 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004370 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4371 return Context.DependentTy;
4372
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004373 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4374 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004375
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004376 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4377 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4378 if (!isInc) {
4379 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4380 return QualType();
4381 }
4382 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4383 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4384 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004385 // OK!
4386 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4387 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004388 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4390 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4391 << Op->getSourceRange();
4392 return QualType();
4393 }
4394
4395 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004396 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004397 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004398 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4399 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4400 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4401 return QualType();
4402 }
4403
4404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004405 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004406 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4407 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4408 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4409 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004410 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004411 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4412 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4413 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004414 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004415 } else {
4416 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004417 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004418 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004419 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004421 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004422 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004423 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004424 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004425}
4426
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004427/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004428/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004429/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4430/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4431/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4432/// - &(x) => x
4433/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4434/// - &s.xx => s
4435/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4436/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4437/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4438/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004439static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004440 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004441 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004442 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004443 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004444 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004445 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4446 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4447 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004448 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004449 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004450 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004451 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004452 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004453 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4454 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004455 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4456 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4457 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4458 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4459 }
4460 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004461 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004462 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4463 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004465 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004466 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4467 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4468 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4469 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4470 default:
4471 return 0;
4472 }
4473 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004474 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004475 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004476 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004477 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4478 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004479 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004480 default:
4481 return 0;
4482 }
4483}
4484
4485/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004486/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004487/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004488/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004489/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004490/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004491/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004492QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004493 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4494 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4495
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004496 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4497 return Context.DependentTy;
4498
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004499 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4500 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4501 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4502 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4503 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4504 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4505 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4506 }
4507 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4508 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4509 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004510 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004511 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004512
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004513 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4514 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004515 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004516 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004517 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004518 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4519 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004520 return QualType();
4521 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004522 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004523 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4524 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4525 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004526 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004527 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4528 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004529 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004530 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004531 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004532 return QualType();
4533 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004535 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4536 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4537 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004538 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4539 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004540 return QualType();
4541 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004542 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004543 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004544 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4545 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004546 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4547 // scope qualifier for the class.
4548 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4549 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4550 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4551 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4552 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4553 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004554 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004555 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004556 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004557 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4558 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4559 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4560 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004561 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004562 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004563
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004564 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4565 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4566 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4567 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4568 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4569 }
4570
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004571 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4572 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4573}
4574
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004575QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004576 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4577 return Context.DependentTy;
4578
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004579 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4580 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004582 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4583 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4584 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4585 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4586 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004587 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004588
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004589 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004590 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004591 return QualType();
4592}
4593
4594static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4595 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4596 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4597 switch (Kind) {
4598 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004599 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4600 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004601 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4602 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4603 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4604 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4605 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4606 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4607 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4608 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4609 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4610 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4611 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4612 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4613 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4614 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4615 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4616 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4617 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4618 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4619 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4620 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4621 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4622 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4623 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4624 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4625 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4626 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4627 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4628 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4629 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4630 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4631 }
4632 return Opc;
4633}
4634
4635static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4636 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4637 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4638 switch (Kind) {
4639 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4640 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4641 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4642 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4643 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4644 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4645 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4646 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4647 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004648 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4649 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4650 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4651 }
4652 return Opc;
4653}
4654
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004655/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4656/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4657/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004658Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4659 unsigned Op,
4660 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004661 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004662 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004663 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4664 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4665 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004666
4667 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004668 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4669 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4670 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004671 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4672 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4673 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4674 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4675 break;
4676 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004677 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4678 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4679 break;
4680 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4681 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4682 break;
4683 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4684 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4685 break;
4686 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4687 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4688 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004689 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004690 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4691 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4692 break;
4693 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4694 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4695 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4696 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004697 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004698 break;
4699 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4700 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004701 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004702 break;
4703 case BinaryOperator::And:
4704 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4705 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4706 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4707 break;
4708 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4709 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4710 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4711 break;
4712 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4713 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004714 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4715 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4716 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4717 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004718 break;
4719 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004720 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4721 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4722 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4723 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004724 break;
4725 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004726 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4727 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4728 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004729 break;
4730 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004731 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4732 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4733 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004734 break;
4735 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4736 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004737 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4738 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4739 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4740 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004741 break;
4742 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4743 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4744 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004745 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4746 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4747 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4748 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004749 break;
4750 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4751 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4752 break;
4753 }
4754 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004755 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004756 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004757 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4758 else
4759 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004760 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4761 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004762}
4763
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004764// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004765Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4766 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4767 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004768 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004769 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004770
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004771 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4772 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004773
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004774 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4775 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4776 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4777 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4778 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4779 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4780 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004781 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004782 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4783 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4784 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4785 Functions);
4786 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4787 DeclarationName OpName
4788 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4789 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004790 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004791
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004792 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4793 // binary operation.
4794 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004795 }
4796
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004797 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4798 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004799}
4800
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004801Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4802 unsigned OpcIn,
4803 ExprArg InputArg) {
4804 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004805
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004806 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004807 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004808 QualType resultType;
4809 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004810 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4811 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4812 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4813 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4814 break;
4815
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004816 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4817 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004818 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4819 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004820 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004821 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004822 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4823 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004824 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004825 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004826 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4827 break;
4828 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4829 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4830 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4831 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004832 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4833 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004834 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4835 break;
4836 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4837 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4838 break;
4839 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4840 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4841 resultType->isPointerType())
4842 break;
4843
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004844 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4845 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004846 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4847 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4848 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004849 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4850 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004851 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4852 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4853 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004855 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004856 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004857 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4858 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004859 break;
4860 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4861 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4862 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4863 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004864 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4865 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004866 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004867 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4868 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004869 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004870 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4871 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004872 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004873 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004874 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004875 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004876 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004877 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004878 resultType = Input->getType();
4879 break;
4880 }
4881 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004882 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004883
4884 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004885 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004886}
4887
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004888// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4889Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4890 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4891 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4892 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4893
4894 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4895 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4896 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4897 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4898 // the arguments.
4899 FunctionSet Functions;
4900 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4901 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4902 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4903 Functions);
4904 DeclarationName OpName
4905 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4906 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4907 }
4908
4909 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4910 }
4911
4912 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4913}
4914
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004915/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004916Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4917 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4918 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004919 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004920 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004921
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004922 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4923 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004924 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004925 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004926
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004927 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004928 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4929 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004930}
4931
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004932Sema::OwningExprResult
4933Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4934 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4935 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004936 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4937 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4938
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004939 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004940 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004941 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004942
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004943 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4944 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4945 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004946
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004947 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4948 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4949 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004950
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004951 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4952 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4953 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4954 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4955 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004956
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004957 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004958 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004959 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004960
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004961 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4962 // expressions are not lvalues.
4963
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004964 substmt.release();
4965 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004966}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004967
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004968Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4969 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4970 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4971 TypeTy *argty,
4972 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4973 unsigned NumComponents,
4974 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4975 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4976 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004977 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4978 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004979
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004980 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4981
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004982 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4983 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4984 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004985 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004986 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004987
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004988 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4989 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004990
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004991 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4992 // the offsetof designators.
4993 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4994 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004995 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004996 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004997
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004998 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4999 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005000 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5001 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005002 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005003 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5004 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005005
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005006 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005007 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005008
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005009 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5010 // leaks like a sieve.
5011 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5012 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5013 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5014 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5015 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5016 if (!AT) {
5017 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005018 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5019 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005020 }
5021
5022 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5023
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005024 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5025 // expression.
5026 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5027
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005028 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5029 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005030 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005031 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005032 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005033 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005034 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005035
5036 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5037 OC.LocEnd);
5038 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005039 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005040
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005041 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5042 if (!RC) {
5043 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005044 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5045 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005046 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005047
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005048 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5049 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005050 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005051 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005052 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5053 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5054 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005055 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5056 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005057 }
5058
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005059 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5060 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5061 LookupMemberName)
5062 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005063 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005064 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005065 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5066 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005067
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005068 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5069 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005070 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005071 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5072 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005073 } else {
5074 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5075 // doesn't matter here.
5076 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5077 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5078 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005079 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005080 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005081
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005082 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5083 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005084}
5085
5086
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005087Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5088 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5089 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005090 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5091 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005092
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005093 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005094
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005095 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5096 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5097 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5098 return ExprError();
5099 }
5100
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005101 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5102 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005103}
5104
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005105Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5106 ExprArg cond,
5107 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5108 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5109 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5110 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5111 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005113 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5114
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005115 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005116 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005117 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5118 } else {
5119 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5120 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5121 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5122 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005123 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5124 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5125 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005126
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005127 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5128 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5129 }
5130
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005131 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5132 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5133 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005134}
5135
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005136//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5137// Clang Extensions.
5138//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5139
5140/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005141void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005142 // Analyze block parameters.
5143 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005144
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005145 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5146 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5147 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005148
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005149 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005150 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005151 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005152 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5153 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005154
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005155 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005156 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005157}
5158
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005159void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005160 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005161
5162 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5163 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005164 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005165 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5166
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005167 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5168 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5169 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5170 return;
5171 }
5172
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005173 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5174 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5175 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5176
5177 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5178 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005179 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005180 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005181 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005182 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005183 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5184 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005185 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5186
5187 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5188 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5189 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5190 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5191 return;
5192 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005193 return;
5194 }
5195
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005196 // Analyze arguments to block.
5197 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5198 "Not a function declarator!");
5199 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005200
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005201 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5202 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005203
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005204 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5205 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5206 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5207 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005208 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5209 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005210 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005211 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005212 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5213 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005214 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005215 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005216 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005217 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005218 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005219 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005220 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005221 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5222 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5223 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5224 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5225 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005226
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005227 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005228 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
5229 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005230 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005231 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005232 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5233 }
5234
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005235 // Analyze the return type.
5236 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5237 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5238
5239 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5240 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5241 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5242 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5243 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005244 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005245}
5246
5247/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5248/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5249void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5250 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5251 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005253 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5254
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005255 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005256 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005257 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005258 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005259}
5260
5261/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5262/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005263Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5264 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005265 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5266 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5267 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5268
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005269 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5270 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005271
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005272 PopDeclContext();
5273
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005274 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5275 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005276
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005277 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005278 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5279 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005280
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005281 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5282 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5283 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005284
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005285 QualType BlockTy;
5286 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005287 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005288 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005289 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005290 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005291
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005292 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005293 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005294 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005295
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005296 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5297 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5298 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5299 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5300
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005301 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005302 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5303 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005304}
5305
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005306Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5307 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5308 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005309 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005310 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5311 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5312
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005313 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005314
5315 // Get the va_list type
5316 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005317 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5318 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5319 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5320 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005321 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005322 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5323 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5324 } else {
5325 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5326 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005327 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5328 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005329 return ExprError();
5330 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005331
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005332 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5333 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005334 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5335 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005336 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005337 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005339 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005340 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005341
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005342 expr.release();
5343 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5344 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005345}
5346
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005347Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005348 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5349 // pointers on the target.
5350 QualType Ty;
5351 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5352 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5353 else
5354 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5355
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005356 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005357}
5358
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005359bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5360 SourceLocation Loc,
5361 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5362 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5363 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5364 bool isInvalid = false;
5365 unsigned DiagKind;
5366 switch (ConvTy) {
5367 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5368 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005369 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005370 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5371 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005372 case IntToPointer:
5373 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5374 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005375 case IncompatiblePointer:
5376 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5377 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005378 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5379 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5380 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005381 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5382 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5383 break;
5384 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005385 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5386 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5387 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5388 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5389 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5390 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5391 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5392 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5393 // C++ semantics.
5394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5395 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5396 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005397 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5398 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005399 case IntToBlockPointer:
5400 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5401 break;
5402 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005403 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005404 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005405 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005406 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005407 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5408 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5409 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005410 case IncompatibleVectors:
5411 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5412 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005413 case Incompatible:
5414 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5415 isInvalid = true;
5416 break;
5417 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005418
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005419 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5420 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005421 return isInvalid;
5422}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005423
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005424bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005425 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5426 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5427 if (Result)
5428 *Result = ICEResult;
5429 return false;
5430 }
5431
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005432 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5433
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005434 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005435 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5436 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5437
5438 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5439 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5440 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5441 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5442 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5443 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5444 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005445
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005446 return true;
5447 }
5448
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005449 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5450 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005451
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005452 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5453 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5454 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005455
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005456 if (Result)
5457 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5458 return false;
5459}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005460
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005461Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5462Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5463 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5464 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5465 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5466
5467 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5468 return NewContext;
5469}
5470
5471void
5472Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5473 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5474 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5475
5476 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5477 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5478 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5479 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5480 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5481 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5482 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5483
5484 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5485 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5486 I != IEnd; ++I)
5487 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5488 }
5489}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005490
5491/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5492///
5493/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5494/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5495/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5496/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5497///
5498/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5499///
5500/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5501void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5502 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5503
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005504 if (D->isUsed())
5505 return;
5506
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005507 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5508 // template or not.
5509 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5510 D->setUsed(true);
5511
5512 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5513 // an instantiation.
5514 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5515 return;
5516
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005517 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5518 case Unevaluated:
5519 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5520 return;
5521
5522 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5523 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5524 // "used"; handle this below.
5525 break;
5526
5527 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5528 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5529 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5530 // potentially evaluated.
5531 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5532 return;
5533 }
5534
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005535 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005536 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005537 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005538 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5539 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5540 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5541 }
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005542 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5543 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5544 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5545 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5546 }
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005547 // FIXME: more checking for other implicits go here.
5548 else
5549 Constructor->setUsed(true);
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005550 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005551 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005552 // Implicit instantiation of function templates
5553 if (!Function->getBody(Context)) {
5554 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
5555 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
5556
5557 // FIXME: check for function template specializations.
5558 }
5559
5560
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005561 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005562 Function->setUsed(true);
5563 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005564 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005565
5566 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5567 (void)Var;
5568 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5569 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5570 D->setUsed(true);
5571 }
5572}
5573